imperial barrel kingdom exercises

54
Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition 3D Horizon/Fault Interpretation Parts 1 & 2 - Fault Interpretation and Correlation The barrel is the name of several units of volume : Oil barrel: 42 US gallons , 158.9873 litres , [1] or 34.9723 Imperial (UK) gallons . UK beer barrel: 36 UK gallons (163.7 litres). US beer barrel: 31 US gallons (117.3 litres), the result of tax law definitions. US non-beer liquid barrel: 31½ US gallons (119.2 litres), or half a hogshead . US dry barrel: 105 dry quarts (115.6 litres). Somali water barrel: 200 litres - used in Horn of Africa to measure water and diesel. Wilson (2008) 1

Upload: anonymous-ilwxwxg

Post on 20-Jul-2016

3 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

DESCRIPTION

good

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 1 amp 2 - Fault Interpretation and Correlation

The barrel is the name of several units of volume

bull Oil barrel 42 US gallons 1589873 litres[1] or 349723 Imperial (UK) gallons

bull UK beer barrel 36 UK gallons (1637 litres)

bull US beer barrel 31 US gallons (1173 litres) the result of tax law definitions

bull US non-beer liquid barrel 31frac12 US gallons (1192 litres) or half a hogshead

bull US dry barrel 105 dry quarts (1156 litres)

bull Somali water barrel 200 litres - used in Horn of Africa to measure water and diesel

Wilson (2008)

1

FaultHorizon Interpretation Using

Seismic Micro-Technologyrsquos Kingdom Suite 3D Workshop Labs 1amp 2

Seismic Micro-Technologys Kingdom software is accessed through the Windows Start Programs Menu In your program list select Kingdom Suite and then left-click on Kingdom NOTE Left clicking the mouse is used to start continue and end an activity Right clicking is ONLY used for displaying various pop-up menus Project files are opened from the initial Kingdom Suite window (Figure 1) Click on Project then Open Project in the drop-down menus Figure 1 The initial Kingdom Suite display window provides access to new and old project files

Take a moment and Copy the folder Golden from your

Hdrive to your Gdrive

2

Navigate to the Golden folder on your Gdrive When you open this folder the following file should appear on the open file dialog box

Highlight the GOLDENtks file and open it The following window will contain an author list box and give you the option to create your own project For this class click on Create and enter your last name or other preferred identifier as shown below

3

Select the author you just created and then click OK

4

This exercise uses the Golden 3D data set which is provided through the network drive In this exercise the green reflector you interpreted on the 2D lines running through the area will be interpreted and carried through the 3D coverage of the area The entire 3D grid is interpreted In this exercise the major faults are interpreted at the outset since this will prevent autopicking of select reflection events across fault planes

Procedures When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)

Figure 2 Basic window layout showing project tree and 3D grid basemap 1 Left click on the 3D grid (Figure 2) to activate it Line and

crossline numbers are plotted along the sides of the basemap In this example position the mouse arrow on Line 110 Right click and select Display In- Line 110 The seismic line may now appear as shown below in Figure 3

Color display options will be covered in class so you might want to take some notes

5

Figure 3 Wiggle trace display of 3D line 110

Display parameters are easily changed using the tool bar across the upper left corner of the seismic display window To transform the seismic response into a color display click on the little scale bar in the tool bar (see below)

That should bring up the following window -

6

In the settings window yoursquoll see several folders ( Horiz Scale Vert Scale Display Options etc) Open the Display options folder and select Hi Res Color Raster and then OK You may continue to get a black and white display of your data butit is in

raster form To use a different color scheme click on the color bar editor (see below)

And in the window that opens click on the little open folder icon or on Color Bar and then select In the window that opens up select blue to brown to white to brown 200clb and then OK

The following window will appear

7

The variable area wiggle traces that are superimposed on the color

raster can be switched off by clicking on the wiggle lines in the upper left corner of the seismic display window which will open up the following window

Select No Overlays and then OK to get the following window

8

2 If you prefer another colorbar left click on View and Colors

Click on File and Open and select a different colorbar In most cases the name of the colorbar describes the colors and the number of colors in the colorbar You can also use the left and right blue arrows in the color-bar select window to move through the color bars one-by-one Close the color editor once you are satisfied with a colorbar

3 To get back to wiggle traces left click on View Settings and

then select the Display Options folder and then select Wiggle Variable Area Or you can go there directly as before by clicking on the scale bar in the seismic display window as done before Note the other display formats for future reference

You can also change the trace amplitudes in the wiggle trace display by using the F5 key to increase amplitude and the F6 key to decrease amplitude Your variable area wiggle trace display should look something like that shown below in Figure 4

9

Figure 4 Variable area wiggle trace display format of Line 110 4 For additional changes to the display scales left click on View and Settings or click on the scale bar at the top of the seismic line display window Then go to Horiz Scale and try 8 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 10 inches per second to provide a close-up (Figure 5) view of waveform character in the vicinity of the well shown above (Figure 4) Use the scroll bars to position yourself within the line

10

Figure 5 Close-up view obtained using 8 traces inch and 10 inchessecond

5 You can orient yourself to geographical directions by moving the cursor on the seismic window (Figures 4 or 5) and watch the cursor movement on the map If the direction is backwards hit the R key on the keyboard to reverse the line direction 6 The colorbar may or may not be displayed on the seismic window To display colorbar left click on View and Toolbars and then Color Bar A check indicates ldquoonrdquo You can also add and remove the color bar directly from the seismic display window by clicking on the color bar icon circled below

Figure 6 Shortcut buttons on the line display window Buttons left to right select seismic line wiggle overlay vertical seismic display scale color bar editor a toggle switch to display the color bar and two zoom control buttons The drop down window at right allows the user to select from time or other data type

7 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 6) in the upper left corner of the trace window

8 On the seismic line several faults are prominent Many of these faults are easy to correlate others are not Now would be a good time to assign a name to at least two of the major faults the down to the south synthetic and down-to the north antithetic faults To assign the faults right click on the seismic window and select Fault Surface Management From there select the Create tab and enter a name and color for the antithetic fault Left click on Apply Enter a name and color for the major fault and then either OK or Apply Create new faults if desired Youre now in the fault picking mode with the last created fault active Before we proceed note that I have changed the color bar to LandmarkCLB My display (see below) was set to Horiz Scale = 20 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 35 inches per second Click on the R button so that cross-line numbers run from 120 to 0 left to right across the seismic display window Yoursquore welcome to choose different display parameters Donrsquot forget that you can also adjust the relative amplitude of the traces using the F5 and F6 keys Take a few moments and experiment

11

9 Display the fault toolbar to allow for quicker selection of the faults you wish to pick To do this left click on View and Toolbars and then Faults All the displayed faults are present including Unassigned Hot keys are available ldquoDrdquo enters the user into the fault digitization mode ldquoArdquo assigns a fault and S de-assigns 10 To start picking your fault left click on one of the fault names To begin digitizing hit the D-key then start at the top of the fault and begin left clicking on the fault break that courses through the seismic data A rubber band should appear as you go from point to point (Figure 7) Continue left clicking points along the fault until you either need to scroll vertically or horizontally to view fault extensions outside your current view (Figure 7) You can use the scroll bar to move the display so that more of the fault is visible however it is easiest just to hold the mouse arrow about a quarter of an inch above the bottom of the display window which will cause the display window to slide down Continue until you can no longer pick this fault Double click to end

12

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 2: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

FaultHorizon Interpretation Using

Seismic Micro-Technologyrsquos Kingdom Suite 3D Workshop Labs 1amp 2

Seismic Micro-Technologys Kingdom software is accessed through the Windows Start Programs Menu In your program list select Kingdom Suite and then left-click on Kingdom NOTE Left clicking the mouse is used to start continue and end an activity Right clicking is ONLY used for displaying various pop-up menus Project files are opened from the initial Kingdom Suite window (Figure 1) Click on Project then Open Project in the drop-down menus Figure 1 The initial Kingdom Suite display window provides access to new and old project files

Take a moment and Copy the folder Golden from your

Hdrive to your Gdrive

2

Navigate to the Golden folder on your Gdrive When you open this folder the following file should appear on the open file dialog box

Highlight the GOLDENtks file and open it The following window will contain an author list box and give you the option to create your own project For this class click on Create and enter your last name or other preferred identifier as shown below

3

Select the author you just created and then click OK

4

This exercise uses the Golden 3D data set which is provided through the network drive In this exercise the green reflector you interpreted on the 2D lines running through the area will be interpreted and carried through the 3D coverage of the area The entire 3D grid is interpreted In this exercise the major faults are interpreted at the outset since this will prevent autopicking of select reflection events across fault planes

Procedures When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)

Figure 2 Basic window layout showing project tree and 3D grid basemap 1 Left click on the 3D grid (Figure 2) to activate it Line and

crossline numbers are plotted along the sides of the basemap In this example position the mouse arrow on Line 110 Right click and select Display In- Line 110 The seismic line may now appear as shown below in Figure 3

Color display options will be covered in class so you might want to take some notes

5

Figure 3 Wiggle trace display of 3D line 110

Display parameters are easily changed using the tool bar across the upper left corner of the seismic display window To transform the seismic response into a color display click on the little scale bar in the tool bar (see below)

That should bring up the following window -

6

In the settings window yoursquoll see several folders ( Horiz Scale Vert Scale Display Options etc) Open the Display options folder and select Hi Res Color Raster and then OK You may continue to get a black and white display of your data butit is in

raster form To use a different color scheme click on the color bar editor (see below)

And in the window that opens click on the little open folder icon or on Color Bar and then select In the window that opens up select blue to brown to white to brown 200clb and then OK

The following window will appear

7

The variable area wiggle traces that are superimposed on the color

raster can be switched off by clicking on the wiggle lines in the upper left corner of the seismic display window which will open up the following window

Select No Overlays and then OK to get the following window

8

2 If you prefer another colorbar left click on View and Colors

Click on File and Open and select a different colorbar In most cases the name of the colorbar describes the colors and the number of colors in the colorbar You can also use the left and right blue arrows in the color-bar select window to move through the color bars one-by-one Close the color editor once you are satisfied with a colorbar

3 To get back to wiggle traces left click on View Settings and

then select the Display Options folder and then select Wiggle Variable Area Or you can go there directly as before by clicking on the scale bar in the seismic display window as done before Note the other display formats for future reference

You can also change the trace amplitudes in the wiggle trace display by using the F5 key to increase amplitude and the F6 key to decrease amplitude Your variable area wiggle trace display should look something like that shown below in Figure 4

9

Figure 4 Variable area wiggle trace display format of Line 110 4 For additional changes to the display scales left click on View and Settings or click on the scale bar at the top of the seismic line display window Then go to Horiz Scale and try 8 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 10 inches per second to provide a close-up (Figure 5) view of waveform character in the vicinity of the well shown above (Figure 4) Use the scroll bars to position yourself within the line

10

Figure 5 Close-up view obtained using 8 traces inch and 10 inchessecond

5 You can orient yourself to geographical directions by moving the cursor on the seismic window (Figures 4 or 5) and watch the cursor movement on the map If the direction is backwards hit the R key on the keyboard to reverse the line direction 6 The colorbar may or may not be displayed on the seismic window To display colorbar left click on View and Toolbars and then Color Bar A check indicates ldquoonrdquo You can also add and remove the color bar directly from the seismic display window by clicking on the color bar icon circled below

Figure 6 Shortcut buttons on the line display window Buttons left to right select seismic line wiggle overlay vertical seismic display scale color bar editor a toggle switch to display the color bar and two zoom control buttons The drop down window at right allows the user to select from time or other data type

7 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 6) in the upper left corner of the trace window

8 On the seismic line several faults are prominent Many of these faults are easy to correlate others are not Now would be a good time to assign a name to at least two of the major faults the down to the south synthetic and down-to the north antithetic faults To assign the faults right click on the seismic window and select Fault Surface Management From there select the Create tab and enter a name and color for the antithetic fault Left click on Apply Enter a name and color for the major fault and then either OK or Apply Create new faults if desired Youre now in the fault picking mode with the last created fault active Before we proceed note that I have changed the color bar to LandmarkCLB My display (see below) was set to Horiz Scale = 20 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 35 inches per second Click on the R button so that cross-line numbers run from 120 to 0 left to right across the seismic display window Yoursquore welcome to choose different display parameters Donrsquot forget that you can also adjust the relative amplitude of the traces using the F5 and F6 keys Take a few moments and experiment

11

9 Display the fault toolbar to allow for quicker selection of the faults you wish to pick To do this left click on View and Toolbars and then Faults All the displayed faults are present including Unassigned Hot keys are available ldquoDrdquo enters the user into the fault digitization mode ldquoArdquo assigns a fault and S de-assigns 10 To start picking your fault left click on one of the fault names To begin digitizing hit the D-key then start at the top of the fault and begin left clicking on the fault break that courses through the seismic data A rubber band should appear as you go from point to point (Figure 7) Continue left clicking points along the fault until you either need to scroll vertically or horizontally to view fault extensions outside your current view (Figure 7) You can use the scroll bar to move the display so that more of the fault is visible however it is easiest just to hold the mouse arrow about a quarter of an inch above the bottom of the display window which will cause the display window to slide down Continue until you can no longer pick this fault Double click to end

12

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 3: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Navigate to the Golden folder on your Gdrive When you open this folder the following file should appear on the open file dialog box

Highlight the GOLDENtks file and open it The following window will contain an author list box and give you the option to create your own project For this class click on Create and enter your last name or other preferred identifier as shown below

3

Select the author you just created and then click OK

4

This exercise uses the Golden 3D data set which is provided through the network drive In this exercise the green reflector you interpreted on the 2D lines running through the area will be interpreted and carried through the 3D coverage of the area The entire 3D grid is interpreted In this exercise the major faults are interpreted at the outset since this will prevent autopicking of select reflection events across fault planes

Procedures When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)

Figure 2 Basic window layout showing project tree and 3D grid basemap 1 Left click on the 3D grid (Figure 2) to activate it Line and

crossline numbers are plotted along the sides of the basemap In this example position the mouse arrow on Line 110 Right click and select Display In- Line 110 The seismic line may now appear as shown below in Figure 3

Color display options will be covered in class so you might want to take some notes

5

Figure 3 Wiggle trace display of 3D line 110

Display parameters are easily changed using the tool bar across the upper left corner of the seismic display window To transform the seismic response into a color display click on the little scale bar in the tool bar (see below)

That should bring up the following window -

6

In the settings window yoursquoll see several folders ( Horiz Scale Vert Scale Display Options etc) Open the Display options folder and select Hi Res Color Raster and then OK You may continue to get a black and white display of your data butit is in

raster form To use a different color scheme click on the color bar editor (see below)

And in the window that opens click on the little open folder icon or on Color Bar and then select In the window that opens up select blue to brown to white to brown 200clb and then OK

The following window will appear

7

The variable area wiggle traces that are superimposed on the color

raster can be switched off by clicking on the wiggle lines in the upper left corner of the seismic display window which will open up the following window

Select No Overlays and then OK to get the following window

8

2 If you prefer another colorbar left click on View and Colors

Click on File and Open and select a different colorbar In most cases the name of the colorbar describes the colors and the number of colors in the colorbar You can also use the left and right blue arrows in the color-bar select window to move through the color bars one-by-one Close the color editor once you are satisfied with a colorbar

3 To get back to wiggle traces left click on View Settings and

then select the Display Options folder and then select Wiggle Variable Area Or you can go there directly as before by clicking on the scale bar in the seismic display window as done before Note the other display formats for future reference

You can also change the trace amplitudes in the wiggle trace display by using the F5 key to increase amplitude and the F6 key to decrease amplitude Your variable area wiggle trace display should look something like that shown below in Figure 4

9

Figure 4 Variable area wiggle trace display format of Line 110 4 For additional changes to the display scales left click on View and Settings or click on the scale bar at the top of the seismic line display window Then go to Horiz Scale and try 8 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 10 inches per second to provide a close-up (Figure 5) view of waveform character in the vicinity of the well shown above (Figure 4) Use the scroll bars to position yourself within the line

10

Figure 5 Close-up view obtained using 8 traces inch and 10 inchessecond

5 You can orient yourself to geographical directions by moving the cursor on the seismic window (Figures 4 or 5) and watch the cursor movement on the map If the direction is backwards hit the R key on the keyboard to reverse the line direction 6 The colorbar may or may not be displayed on the seismic window To display colorbar left click on View and Toolbars and then Color Bar A check indicates ldquoonrdquo You can also add and remove the color bar directly from the seismic display window by clicking on the color bar icon circled below

Figure 6 Shortcut buttons on the line display window Buttons left to right select seismic line wiggle overlay vertical seismic display scale color bar editor a toggle switch to display the color bar and two zoom control buttons The drop down window at right allows the user to select from time or other data type

7 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 6) in the upper left corner of the trace window

8 On the seismic line several faults are prominent Many of these faults are easy to correlate others are not Now would be a good time to assign a name to at least two of the major faults the down to the south synthetic and down-to the north antithetic faults To assign the faults right click on the seismic window and select Fault Surface Management From there select the Create tab and enter a name and color for the antithetic fault Left click on Apply Enter a name and color for the major fault and then either OK or Apply Create new faults if desired Youre now in the fault picking mode with the last created fault active Before we proceed note that I have changed the color bar to LandmarkCLB My display (see below) was set to Horiz Scale = 20 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 35 inches per second Click on the R button so that cross-line numbers run from 120 to 0 left to right across the seismic display window Yoursquore welcome to choose different display parameters Donrsquot forget that you can also adjust the relative amplitude of the traces using the F5 and F6 keys Take a few moments and experiment

11

9 Display the fault toolbar to allow for quicker selection of the faults you wish to pick To do this left click on View and Toolbars and then Faults All the displayed faults are present including Unassigned Hot keys are available ldquoDrdquo enters the user into the fault digitization mode ldquoArdquo assigns a fault and S de-assigns 10 To start picking your fault left click on one of the fault names To begin digitizing hit the D-key then start at the top of the fault and begin left clicking on the fault break that courses through the seismic data A rubber band should appear as you go from point to point (Figure 7) Continue left clicking points along the fault until you either need to scroll vertically or horizontally to view fault extensions outside your current view (Figure 7) You can use the scroll bar to move the display so that more of the fault is visible however it is easiest just to hold the mouse arrow about a quarter of an inch above the bottom of the display window which will cause the display window to slide down Continue until you can no longer pick this fault Double click to end

12

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 4: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Select the author you just created and then click OK

4

This exercise uses the Golden 3D data set which is provided through the network drive In this exercise the green reflector you interpreted on the 2D lines running through the area will be interpreted and carried through the 3D coverage of the area The entire 3D grid is interpreted In this exercise the major faults are interpreted at the outset since this will prevent autopicking of select reflection events across fault planes

Procedures When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)

Figure 2 Basic window layout showing project tree and 3D grid basemap 1 Left click on the 3D grid (Figure 2) to activate it Line and

crossline numbers are plotted along the sides of the basemap In this example position the mouse arrow on Line 110 Right click and select Display In- Line 110 The seismic line may now appear as shown below in Figure 3

Color display options will be covered in class so you might want to take some notes

5

Figure 3 Wiggle trace display of 3D line 110

Display parameters are easily changed using the tool bar across the upper left corner of the seismic display window To transform the seismic response into a color display click on the little scale bar in the tool bar (see below)

That should bring up the following window -

6

In the settings window yoursquoll see several folders ( Horiz Scale Vert Scale Display Options etc) Open the Display options folder and select Hi Res Color Raster and then OK You may continue to get a black and white display of your data butit is in

raster form To use a different color scheme click on the color bar editor (see below)

And in the window that opens click on the little open folder icon or on Color Bar and then select In the window that opens up select blue to brown to white to brown 200clb and then OK

The following window will appear

7

The variable area wiggle traces that are superimposed on the color

raster can be switched off by clicking on the wiggle lines in the upper left corner of the seismic display window which will open up the following window

Select No Overlays and then OK to get the following window

8

2 If you prefer another colorbar left click on View and Colors

Click on File and Open and select a different colorbar In most cases the name of the colorbar describes the colors and the number of colors in the colorbar You can also use the left and right blue arrows in the color-bar select window to move through the color bars one-by-one Close the color editor once you are satisfied with a colorbar

3 To get back to wiggle traces left click on View Settings and

then select the Display Options folder and then select Wiggle Variable Area Or you can go there directly as before by clicking on the scale bar in the seismic display window as done before Note the other display formats for future reference

You can also change the trace amplitudes in the wiggle trace display by using the F5 key to increase amplitude and the F6 key to decrease amplitude Your variable area wiggle trace display should look something like that shown below in Figure 4

9

Figure 4 Variable area wiggle trace display format of Line 110 4 For additional changes to the display scales left click on View and Settings or click on the scale bar at the top of the seismic line display window Then go to Horiz Scale and try 8 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 10 inches per second to provide a close-up (Figure 5) view of waveform character in the vicinity of the well shown above (Figure 4) Use the scroll bars to position yourself within the line

10

Figure 5 Close-up view obtained using 8 traces inch and 10 inchessecond

5 You can orient yourself to geographical directions by moving the cursor on the seismic window (Figures 4 or 5) and watch the cursor movement on the map If the direction is backwards hit the R key on the keyboard to reverse the line direction 6 The colorbar may or may not be displayed on the seismic window To display colorbar left click on View and Toolbars and then Color Bar A check indicates ldquoonrdquo You can also add and remove the color bar directly from the seismic display window by clicking on the color bar icon circled below

Figure 6 Shortcut buttons on the line display window Buttons left to right select seismic line wiggle overlay vertical seismic display scale color bar editor a toggle switch to display the color bar and two zoom control buttons The drop down window at right allows the user to select from time or other data type

7 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 6) in the upper left corner of the trace window

8 On the seismic line several faults are prominent Many of these faults are easy to correlate others are not Now would be a good time to assign a name to at least two of the major faults the down to the south synthetic and down-to the north antithetic faults To assign the faults right click on the seismic window and select Fault Surface Management From there select the Create tab and enter a name and color for the antithetic fault Left click on Apply Enter a name and color for the major fault and then either OK or Apply Create new faults if desired Youre now in the fault picking mode with the last created fault active Before we proceed note that I have changed the color bar to LandmarkCLB My display (see below) was set to Horiz Scale = 20 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 35 inches per second Click on the R button so that cross-line numbers run from 120 to 0 left to right across the seismic display window Yoursquore welcome to choose different display parameters Donrsquot forget that you can also adjust the relative amplitude of the traces using the F5 and F6 keys Take a few moments and experiment

11

9 Display the fault toolbar to allow for quicker selection of the faults you wish to pick To do this left click on View and Toolbars and then Faults All the displayed faults are present including Unassigned Hot keys are available ldquoDrdquo enters the user into the fault digitization mode ldquoArdquo assigns a fault and S de-assigns 10 To start picking your fault left click on one of the fault names To begin digitizing hit the D-key then start at the top of the fault and begin left clicking on the fault break that courses through the seismic data A rubber band should appear as you go from point to point (Figure 7) Continue left clicking points along the fault until you either need to scroll vertically or horizontally to view fault extensions outside your current view (Figure 7) You can use the scroll bar to move the display so that more of the fault is visible however it is easiest just to hold the mouse arrow about a quarter of an inch above the bottom of the display window which will cause the display window to slide down Continue until you can no longer pick this fault Double click to end

12

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 5: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

This exercise uses the Golden 3D data set which is provided through the network drive In this exercise the green reflector you interpreted on the 2D lines running through the area will be interpreted and carried through the 3D coverage of the area The entire 3D grid is interpreted In this exercise the major faults are interpreted at the outset since this will prevent autopicking of select reflection events across fault planes

Procedures When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)

Figure 2 Basic window layout showing project tree and 3D grid basemap 1 Left click on the 3D grid (Figure 2) to activate it Line and

crossline numbers are plotted along the sides of the basemap In this example position the mouse arrow on Line 110 Right click and select Display In- Line 110 The seismic line may now appear as shown below in Figure 3

Color display options will be covered in class so you might want to take some notes

5

Figure 3 Wiggle trace display of 3D line 110

Display parameters are easily changed using the tool bar across the upper left corner of the seismic display window To transform the seismic response into a color display click on the little scale bar in the tool bar (see below)

That should bring up the following window -

6

In the settings window yoursquoll see several folders ( Horiz Scale Vert Scale Display Options etc) Open the Display options folder and select Hi Res Color Raster and then OK You may continue to get a black and white display of your data butit is in

raster form To use a different color scheme click on the color bar editor (see below)

And in the window that opens click on the little open folder icon or on Color Bar and then select In the window that opens up select blue to brown to white to brown 200clb and then OK

The following window will appear

7

The variable area wiggle traces that are superimposed on the color

raster can be switched off by clicking on the wiggle lines in the upper left corner of the seismic display window which will open up the following window

Select No Overlays and then OK to get the following window

8

2 If you prefer another colorbar left click on View and Colors

Click on File and Open and select a different colorbar In most cases the name of the colorbar describes the colors and the number of colors in the colorbar You can also use the left and right blue arrows in the color-bar select window to move through the color bars one-by-one Close the color editor once you are satisfied with a colorbar

3 To get back to wiggle traces left click on View Settings and

then select the Display Options folder and then select Wiggle Variable Area Or you can go there directly as before by clicking on the scale bar in the seismic display window as done before Note the other display formats for future reference

You can also change the trace amplitudes in the wiggle trace display by using the F5 key to increase amplitude and the F6 key to decrease amplitude Your variable area wiggle trace display should look something like that shown below in Figure 4

9

Figure 4 Variable area wiggle trace display format of Line 110 4 For additional changes to the display scales left click on View and Settings or click on the scale bar at the top of the seismic line display window Then go to Horiz Scale and try 8 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 10 inches per second to provide a close-up (Figure 5) view of waveform character in the vicinity of the well shown above (Figure 4) Use the scroll bars to position yourself within the line

10

Figure 5 Close-up view obtained using 8 traces inch and 10 inchessecond

5 You can orient yourself to geographical directions by moving the cursor on the seismic window (Figures 4 or 5) and watch the cursor movement on the map If the direction is backwards hit the R key on the keyboard to reverse the line direction 6 The colorbar may or may not be displayed on the seismic window To display colorbar left click on View and Toolbars and then Color Bar A check indicates ldquoonrdquo You can also add and remove the color bar directly from the seismic display window by clicking on the color bar icon circled below

Figure 6 Shortcut buttons on the line display window Buttons left to right select seismic line wiggle overlay vertical seismic display scale color bar editor a toggle switch to display the color bar and two zoom control buttons The drop down window at right allows the user to select from time or other data type

7 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 6) in the upper left corner of the trace window

8 On the seismic line several faults are prominent Many of these faults are easy to correlate others are not Now would be a good time to assign a name to at least two of the major faults the down to the south synthetic and down-to the north antithetic faults To assign the faults right click on the seismic window and select Fault Surface Management From there select the Create tab and enter a name and color for the antithetic fault Left click on Apply Enter a name and color for the major fault and then either OK or Apply Create new faults if desired Youre now in the fault picking mode with the last created fault active Before we proceed note that I have changed the color bar to LandmarkCLB My display (see below) was set to Horiz Scale = 20 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 35 inches per second Click on the R button so that cross-line numbers run from 120 to 0 left to right across the seismic display window Yoursquore welcome to choose different display parameters Donrsquot forget that you can also adjust the relative amplitude of the traces using the F5 and F6 keys Take a few moments and experiment

11

9 Display the fault toolbar to allow for quicker selection of the faults you wish to pick To do this left click on View and Toolbars and then Faults All the displayed faults are present including Unassigned Hot keys are available ldquoDrdquo enters the user into the fault digitization mode ldquoArdquo assigns a fault and S de-assigns 10 To start picking your fault left click on one of the fault names To begin digitizing hit the D-key then start at the top of the fault and begin left clicking on the fault break that courses through the seismic data A rubber band should appear as you go from point to point (Figure 7) Continue left clicking points along the fault until you either need to scroll vertically or horizontally to view fault extensions outside your current view (Figure 7) You can use the scroll bar to move the display so that more of the fault is visible however it is easiest just to hold the mouse arrow about a quarter of an inch above the bottom of the display window which will cause the display window to slide down Continue until you can no longer pick this fault Double click to end

12

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 6: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Figure 3 Wiggle trace display of 3D line 110

Display parameters are easily changed using the tool bar across the upper left corner of the seismic display window To transform the seismic response into a color display click on the little scale bar in the tool bar (see below)

That should bring up the following window -

6

In the settings window yoursquoll see several folders ( Horiz Scale Vert Scale Display Options etc) Open the Display options folder and select Hi Res Color Raster and then OK You may continue to get a black and white display of your data butit is in

raster form To use a different color scheme click on the color bar editor (see below)

And in the window that opens click on the little open folder icon or on Color Bar and then select In the window that opens up select blue to brown to white to brown 200clb and then OK

The following window will appear

7

The variable area wiggle traces that are superimposed on the color

raster can be switched off by clicking on the wiggle lines in the upper left corner of the seismic display window which will open up the following window

Select No Overlays and then OK to get the following window

8

2 If you prefer another colorbar left click on View and Colors

Click on File and Open and select a different colorbar In most cases the name of the colorbar describes the colors and the number of colors in the colorbar You can also use the left and right blue arrows in the color-bar select window to move through the color bars one-by-one Close the color editor once you are satisfied with a colorbar

3 To get back to wiggle traces left click on View Settings and

then select the Display Options folder and then select Wiggle Variable Area Or you can go there directly as before by clicking on the scale bar in the seismic display window as done before Note the other display formats for future reference

You can also change the trace amplitudes in the wiggle trace display by using the F5 key to increase amplitude and the F6 key to decrease amplitude Your variable area wiggle trace display should look something like that shown below in Figure 4

9

Figure 4 Variable area wiggle trace display format of Line 110 4 For additional changes to the display scales left click on View and Settings or click on the scale bar at the top of the seismic line display window Then go to Horiz Scale and try 8 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 10 inches per second to provide a close-up (Figure 5) view of waveform character in the vicinity of the well shown above (Figure 4) Use the scroll bars to position yourself within the line

10

Figure 5 Close-up view obtained using 8 traces inch and 10 inchessecond

5 You can orient yourself to geographical directions by moving the cursor on the seismic window (Figures 4 or 5) and watch the cursor movement on the map If the direction is backwards hit the R key on the keyboard to reverse the line direction 6 The colorbar may or may not be displayed on the seismic window To display colorbar left click on View and Toolbars and then Color Bar A check indicates ldquoonrdquo You can also add and remove the color bar directly from the seismic display window by clicking on the color bar icon circled below

Figure 6 Shortcut buttons on the line display window Buttons left to right select seismic line wiggle overlay vertical seismic display scale color bar editor a toggle switch to display the color bar and two zoom control buttons The drop down window at right allows the user to select from time or other data type

7 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 6) in the upper left corner of the trace window

8 On the seismic line several faults are prominent Many of these faults are easy to correlate others are not Now would be a good time to assign a name to at least two of the major faults the down to the south synthetic and down-to the north antithetic faults To assign the faults right click on the seismic window and select Fault Surface Management From there select the Create tab and enter a name and color for the antithetic fault Left click on Apply Enter a name and color for the major fault and then either OK or Apply Create new faults if desired Youre now in the fault picking mode with the last created fault active Before we proceed note that I have changed the color bar to LandmarkCLB My display (see below) was set to Horiz Scale = 20 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 35 inches per second Click on the R button so that cross-line numbers run from 120 to 0 left to right across the seismic display window Yoursquore welcome to choose different display parameters Donrsquot forget that you can also adjust the relative amplitude of the traces using the F5 and F6 keys Take a few moments and experiment

11

9 Display the fault toolbar to allow for quicker selection of the faults you wish to pick To do this left click on View and Toolbars and then Faults All the displayed faults are present including Unassigned Hot keys are available ldquoDrdquo enters the user into the fault digitization mode ldquoArdquo assigns a fault and S de-assigns 10 To start picking your fault left click on one of the fault names To begin digitizing hit the D-key then start at the top of the fault and begin left clicking on the fault break that courses through the seismic data A rubber band should appear as you go from point to point (Figure 7) Continue left clicking points along the fault until you either need to scroll vertically or horizontally to view fault extensions outside your current view (Figure 7) You can use the scroll bar to move the display so that more of the fault is visible however it is easiest just to hold the mouse arrow about a quarter of an inch above the bottom of the display window which will cause the display window to slide down Continue until you can no longer pick this fault Double click to end

12

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 7: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

In the settings window yoursquoll see several folders ( Horiz Scale Vert Scale Display Options etc) Open the Display options folder and select Hi Res Color Raster and then OK You may continue to get a black and white display of your data butit is in

raster form To use a different color scheme click on the color bar editor (see below)

And in the window that opens click on the little open folder icon or on Color Bar and then select In the window that opens up select blue to brown to white to brown 200clb and then OK

The following window will appear

7

The variable area wiggle traces that are superimposed on the color

raster can be switched off by clicking on the wiggle lines in the upper left corner of the seismic display window which will open up the following window

Select No Overlays and then OK to get the following window

8

2 If you prefer another colorbar left click on View and Colors

Click on File and Open and select a different colorbar In most cases the name of the colorbar describes the colors and the number of colors in the colorbar You can also use the left and right blue arrows in the color-bar select window to move through the color bars one-by-one Close the color editor once you are satisfied with a colorbar

3 To get back to wiggle traces left click on View Settings and

then select the Display Options folder and then select Wiggle Variable Area Or you can go there directly as before by clicking on the scale bar in the seismic display window as done before Note the other display formats for future reference

You can also change the trace amplitudes in the wiggle trace display by using the F5 key to increase amplitude and the F6 key to decrease amplitude Your variable area wiggle trace display should look something like that shown below in Figure 4

9

Figure 4 Variable area wiggle trace display format of Line 110 4 For additional changes to the display scales left click on View and Settings or click on the scale bar at the top of the seismic line display window Then go to Horiz Scale and try 8 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 10 inches per second to provide a close-up (Figure 5) view of waveform character in the vicinity of the well shown above (Figure 4) Use the scroll bars to position yourself within the line

10

Figure 5 Close-up view obtained using 8 traces inch and 10 inchessecond

5 You can orient yourself to geographical directions by moving the cursor on the seismic window (Figures 4 or 5) and watch the cursor movement on the map If the direction is backwards hit the R key on the keyboard to reverse the line direction 6 The colorbar may or may not be displayed on the seismic window To display colorbar left click on View and Toolbars and then Color Bar A check indicates ldquoonrdquo You can also add and remove the color bar directly from the seismic display window by clicking on the color bar icon circled below

Figure 6 Shortcut buttons on the line display window Buttons left to right select seismic line wiggle overlay vertical seismic display scale color bar editor a toggle switch to display the color bar and two zoom control buttons The drop down window at right allows the user to select from time or other data type

7 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 6) in the upper left corner of the trace window

8 On the seismic line several faults are prominent Many of these faults are easy to correlate others are not Now would be a good time to assign a name to at least two of the major faults the down to the south synthetic and down-to the north antithetic faults To assign the faults right click on the seismic window and select Fault Surface Management From there select the Create tab and enter a name and color for the antithetic fault Left click on Apply Enter a name and color for the major fault and then either OK or Apply Create new faults if desired Youre now in the fault picking mode with the last created fault active Before we proceed note that I have changed the color bar to LandmarkCLB My display (see below) was set to Horiz Scale = 20 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 35 inches per second Click on the R button so that cross-line numbers run from 120 to 0 left to right across the seismic display window Yoursquore welcome to choose different display parameters Donrsquot forget that you can also adjust the relative amplitude of the traces using the F5 and F6 keys Take a few moments and experiment

11

9 Display the fault toolbar to allow for quicker selection of the faults you wish to pick To do this left click on View and Toolbars and then Faults All the displayed faults are present including Unassigned Hot keys are available ldquoDrdquo enters the user into the fault digitization mode ldquoArdquo assigns a fault and S de-assigns 10 To start picking your fault left click on one of the fault names To begin digitizing hit the D-key then start at the top of the fault and begin left clicking on the fault break that courses through the seismic data A rubber band should appear as you go from point to point (Figure 7) Continue left clicking points along the fault until you either need to scroll vertically or horizontally to view fault extensions outside your current view (Figure 7) You can use the scroll bar to move the display so that more of the fault is visible however it is easiest just to hold the mouse arrow about a quarter of an inch above the bottom of the display window which will cause the display window to slide down Continue until you can no longer pick this fault Double click to end

12

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 8: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

The variable area wiggle traces that are superimposed on the color

raster can be switched off by clicking on the wiggle lines in the upper left corner of the seismic display window which will open up the following window

Select No Overlays and then OK to get the following window

8

2 If you prefer another colorbar left click on View and Colors

Click on File and Open and select a different colorbar In most cases the name of the colorbar describes the colors and the number of colors in the colorbar You can also use the left and right blue arrows in the color-bar select window to move through the color bars one-by-one Close the color editor once you are satisfied with a colorbar

3 To get back to wiggle traces left click on View Settings and

then select the Display Options folder and then select Wiggle Variable Area Or you can go there directly as before by clicking on the scale bar in the seismic display window as done before Note the other display formats for future reference

You can also change the trace amplitudes in the wiggle trace display by using the F5 key to increase amplitude and the F6 key to decrease amplitude Your variable area wiggle trace display should look something like that shown below in Figure 4

9

Figure 4 Variable area wiggle trace display format of Line 110 4 For additional changes to the display scales left click on View and Settings or click on the scale bar at the top of the seismic line display window Then go to Horiz Scale and try 8 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 10 inches per second to provide a close-up (Figure 5) view of waveform character in the vicinity of the well shown above (Figure 4) Use the scroll bars to position yourself within the line

10

Figure 5 Close-up view obtained using 8 traces inch and 10 inchessecond

5 You can orient yourself to geographical directions by moving the cursor on the seismic window (Figures 4 or 5) and watch the cursor movement on the map If the direction is backwards hit the R key on the keyboard to reverse the line direction 6 The colorbar may or may not be displayed on the seismic window To display colorbar left click on View and Toolbars and then Color Bar A check indicates ldquoonrdquo You can also add and remove the color bar directly from the seismic display window by clicking on the color bar icon circled below

Figure 6 Shortcut buttons on the line display window Buttons left to right select seismic line wiggle overlay vertical seismic display scale color bar editor a toggle switch to display the color bar and two zoom control buttons The drop down window at right allows the user to select from time or other data type

7 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 6) in the upper left corner of the trace window

8 On the seismic line several faults are prominent Many of these faults are easy to correlate others are not Now would be a good time to assign a name to at least two of the major faults the down to the south synthetic and down-to the north antithetic faults To assign the faults right click on the seismic window and select Fault Surface Management From there select the Create tab and enter a name and color for the antithetic fault Left click on Apply Enter a name and color for the major fault and then either OK or Apply Create new faults if desired Youre now in the fault picking mode with the last created fault active Before we proceed note that I have changed the color bar to LandmarkCLB My display (see below) was set to Horiz Scale = 20 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 35 inches per second Click on the R button so that cross-line numbers run from 120 to 0 left to right across the seismic display window Yoursquore welcome to choose different display parameters Donrsquot forget that you can also adjust the relative amplitude of the traces using the F5 and F6 keys Take a few moments and experiment

11

9 Display the fault toolbar to allow for quicker selection of the faults you wish to pick To do this left click on View and Toolbars and then Faults All the displayed faults are present including Unassigned Hot keys are available ldquoDrdquo enters the user into the fault digitization mode ldquoArdquo assigns a fault and S de-assigns 10 To start picking your fault left click on one of the fault names To begin digitizing hit the D-key then start at the top of the fault and begin left clicking on the fault break that courses through the seismic data A rubber band should appear as you go from point to point (Figure 7) Continue left clicking points along the fault until you either need to scroll vertically or horizontally to view fault extensions outside your current view (Figure 7) You can use the scroll bar to move the display so that more of the fault is visible however it is easiest just to hold the mouse arrow about a quarter of an inch above the bottom of the display window which will cause the display window to slide down Continue until you can no longer pick this fault Double click to end

12

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 9: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

2 If you prefer another colorbar left click on View and Colors

Click on File and Open and select a different colorbar In most cases the name of the colorbar describes the colors and the number of colors in the colorbar You can also use the left and right blue arrows in the color-bar select window to move through the color bars one-by-one Close the color editor once you are satisfied with a colorbar

3 To get back to wiggle traces left click on View Settings and

then select the Display Options folder and then select Wiggle Variable Area Or you can go there directly as before by clicking on the scale bar in the seismic display window as done before Note the other display formats for future reference

You can also change the trace amplitudes in the wiggle trace display by using the F5 key to increase amplitude and the F6 key to decrease amplitude Your variable area wiggle trace display should look something like that shown below in Figure 4

9

Figure 4 Variable area wiggle trace display format of Line 110 4 For additional changes to the display scales left click on View and Settings or click on the scale bar at the top of the seismic line display window Then go to Horiz Scale and try 8 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 10 inches per second to provide a close-up (Figure 5) view of waveform character in the vicinity of the well shown above (Figure 4) Use the scroll bars to position yourself within the line

10

Figure 5 Close-up view obtained using 8 traces inch and 10 inchessecond

5 You can orient yourself to geographical directions by moving the cursor on the seismic window (Figures 4 or 5) and watch the cursor movement on the map If the direction is backwards hit the R key on the keyboard to reverse the line direction 6 The colorbar may or may not be displayed on the seismic window To display colorbar left click on View and Toolbars and then Color Bar A check indicates ldquoonrdquo You can also add and remove the color bar directly from the seismic display window by clicking on the color bar icon circled below

Figure 6 Shortcut buttons on the line display window Buttons left to right select seismic line wiggle overlay vertical seismic display scale color bar editor a toggle switch to display the color bar and two zoom control buttons The drop down window at right allows the user to select from time or other data type

7 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 6) in the upper left corner of the trace window

8 On the seismic line several faults are prominent Many of these faults are easy to correlate others are not Now would be a good time to assign a name to at least two of the major faults the down to the south synthetic and down-to the north antithetic faults To assign the faults right click on the seismic window and select Fault Surface Management From there select the Create tab and enter a name and color for the antithetic fault Left click on Apply Enter a name and color for the major fault and then either OK or Apply Create new faults if desired Youre now in the fault picking mode with the last created fault active Before we proceed note that I have changed the color bar to LandmarkCLB My display (see below) was set to Horiz Scale = 20 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 35 inches per second Click on the R button so that cross-line numbers run from 120 to 0 left to right across the seismic display window Yoursquore welcome to choose different display parameters Donrsquot forget that you can also adjust the relative amplitude of the traces using the F5 and F6 keys Take a few moments and experiment

11

9 Display the fault toolbar to allow for quicker selection of the faults you wish to pick To do this left click on View and Toolbars and then Faults All the displayed faults are present including Unassigned Hot keys are available ldquoDrdquo enters the user into the fault digitization mode ldquoArdquo assigns a fault and S de-assigns 10 To start picking your fault left click on one of the fault names To begin digitizing hit the D-key then start at the top of the fault and begin left clicking on the fault break that courses through the seismic data A rubber band should appear as you go from point to point (Figure 7) Continue left clicking points along the fault until you either need to scroll vertically or horizontally to view fault extensions outside your current view (Figure 7) You can use the scroll bar to move the display so that more of the fault is visible however it is easiest just to hold the mouse arrow about a quarter of an inch above the bottom of the display window which will cause the display window to slide down Continue until you can no longer pick this fault Double click to end

12

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 10: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Figure 4 Variable area wiggle trace display format of Line 110 4 For additional changes to the display scales left click on View and Settings or click on the scale bar at the top of the seismic line display window Then go to Horiz Scale and try 8 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 10 inches per second to provide a close-up (Figure 5) view of waveform character in the vicinity of the well shown above (Figure 4) Use the scroll bars to position yourself within the line

10

Figure 5 Close-up view obtained using 8 traces inch and 10 inchessecond

5 You can orient yourself to geographical directions by moving the cursor on the seismic window (Figures 4 or 5) and watch the cursor movement on the map If the direction is backwards hit the R key on the keyboard to reverse the line direction 6 The colorbar may or may not be displayed on the seismic window To display colorbar left click on View and Toolbars and then Color Bar A check indicates ldquoonrdquo You can also add and remove the color bar directly from the seismic display window by clicking on the color bar icon circled below

Figure 6 Shortcut buttons on the line display window Buttons left to right select seismic line wiggle overlay vertical seismic display scale color bar editor a toggle switch to display the color bar and two zoom control buttons The drop down window at right allows the user to select from time or other data type

7 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 6) in the upper left corner of the trace window

8 On the seismic line several faults are prominent Many of these faults are easy to correlate others are not Now would be a good time to assign a name to at least two of the major faults the down to the south synthetic and down-to the north antithetic faults To assign the faults right click on the seismic window and select Fault Surface Management From there select the Create tab and enter a name and color for the antithetic fault Left click on Apply Enter a name and color for the major fault and then either OK or Apply Create new faults if desired Youre now in the fault picking mode with the last created fault active Before we proceed note that I have changed the color bar to LandmarkCLB My display (see below) was set to Horiz Scale = 20 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 35 inches per second Click on the R button so that cross-line numbers run from 120 to 0 left to right across the seismic display window Yoursquore welcome to choose different display parameters Donrsquot forget that you can also adjust the relative amplitude of the traces using the F5 and F6 keys Take a few moments and experiment

11

9 Display the fault toolbar to allow for quicker selection of the faults you wish to pick To do this left click on View and Toolbars and then Faults All the displayed faults are present including Unassigned Hot keys are available ldquoDrdquo enters the user into the fault digitization mode ldquoArdquo assigns a fault and S de-assigns 10 To start picking your fault left click on one of the fault names To begin digitizing hit the D-key then start at the top of the fault and begin left clicking on the fault break that courses through the seismic data A rubber band should appear as you go from point to point (Figure 7) Continue left clicking points along the fault until you either need to scroll vertically or horizontally to view fault extensions outside your current view (Figure 7) You can use the scroll bar to move the display so that more of the fault is visible however it is easiest just to hold the mouse arrow about a quarter of an inch above the bottom of the display window which will cause the display window to slide down Continue until you can no longer pick this fault Double click to end

12

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 11: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

5 You can orient yourself to geographical directions by moving the cursor on the seismic window (Figures 4 or 5) and watch the cursor movement on the map If the direction is backwards hit the R key on the keyboard to reverse the line direction 6 The colorbar may or may not be displayed on the seismic window To display colorbar left click on View and Toolbars and then Color Bar A check indicates ldquoonrdquo You can also add and remove the color bar directly from the seismic display window by clicking on the color bar icon circled below

Figure 6 Shortcut buttons on the line display window Buttons left to right select seismic line wiggle overlay vertical seismic display scale color bar editor a toggle switch to display the color bar and two zoom control buttons The drop down window at right allows the user to select from time or other data type

7 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 6) in the upper left corner of the trace window

8 On the seismic line several faults are prominent Many of these faults are easy to correlate others are not Now would be a good time to assign a name to at least two of the major faults the down to the south synthetic and down-to the north antithetic faults To assign the faults right click on the seismic window and select Fault Surface Management From there select the Create tab and enter a name and color for the antithetic fault Left click on Apply Enter a name and color for the major fault and then either OK or Apply Create new faults if desired Youre now in the fault picking mode with the last created fault active Before we proceed note that I have changed the color bar to LandmarkCLB My display (see below) was set to Horiz Scale = 20 traces per inch and Vert Scale = 35 inches per second Click on the R button so that cross-line numbers run from 120 to 0 left to right across the seismic display window Yoursquore welcome to choose different display parameters Donrsquot forget that you can also adjust the relative amplitude of the traces using the F5 and F6 keys Take a few moments and experiment

11

9 Display the fault toolbar to allow for quicker selection of the faults you wish to pick To do this left click on View and Toolbars and then Faults All the displayed faults are present including Unassigned Hot keys are available ldquoDrdquo enters the user into the fault digitization mode ldquoArdquo assigns a fault and S de-assigns 10 To start picking your fault left click on one of the fault names To begin digitizing hit the D-key then start at the top of the fault and begin left clicking on the fault break that courses through the seismic data A rubber band should appear as you go from point to point (Figure 7) Continue left clicking points along the fault until you either need to scroll vertically or horizontally to view fault extensions outside your current view (Figure 7) You can use the scroll bar to move the display so that more of the fault is visible however it is easiest just to hold the mouse arrow about a quarter of an inch above the bottom of the display window which will cause the display window to slide down Continue until you can no longer pick this fault Double click to end

12

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 12: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

9 Display the fault toolbar to allow for quicker selection of the faults you wish to pick To do this left click on View and Toolbars and then Faults All the displayed faults are present including Unassigned Hot keys are available ldquoDrdquo enters the user into the fault digitization mode ldquoArdquo assigns a fault and S de-assigns 10 To start picking your fault left click on one of the fault names To begin digitizing hit the D-key then start at the top of the fault and begin left clicking on the fault break that courses through the seismic data A rubber band should appear as you go from point to point (Figure 7) Continue left clicking points along the fault until you either need to scroll vertically or horizontally to view fault extensions outside your current view (Figure 7) You can use the scroll bar to move the display so that more of the fault is visible however it is easiest just to hold the mouse arrow about a quarter of an inch above the bottom of the display window which will cause the display window to slide down Continue until you can no longer pick this fault Double click to end

12

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 13: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

If you enter a point you donrsquot like you can back up or delete the last point by hitting the Esc key

Figure 7 Individual points digitized along the fault appear as black squares connected by a thin black line (or rubber band) 11 Left click on the other fault displayed in the Faults digitizing menu to activate it and then hit the ldquoD key to begin digitization Begin picking the second fault If you choose to pick some of the other faults on the Faults Toolbar simply activate the appropriate named or unassigned fault hit the ldquoDrdquo key and start picking The two faults you just picked should appear as shown in the montage below (Figure 8) The number of points used to digitize the fault will vary from interpreter to interpreter

13

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 14: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Figure 8 Project tree (back left) and basemap (right) lie in the background behind seismic Line 110 (right) and the Faults menu (small window at left) Faults just digitized on the northern end of the line appear as shown above

12 The fault remains active so long as the square dots are present If the fault is not active and you want to edit it just click on it When a fault is selected for further editing little handles appear on each digitized point To move points activate the fault and then left click-and-hold on the digitized fault point As you move the mouse the digitized point will also move If you move a small distance you may have to use the Esc key to undo the rubber band 13 If you would like to move the entire fault line first activate the fault and then hold the Ctrl key and then left click and hold on any part of the fault line Move the line to wherever you like and then release the mouse button and Ctrl key

14

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 15: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

14 To delete a fault segment make it active and then hit the delete key on your keyboard 15 To add points left click on an existing point add the appropriate intervening points and double click on another existing point 16 To remove consecutive points left click on an existing point skip the bad points and double click on an existing point 17 If youd like to change the active fault left click on the new fault to activate it or select from the Faults Menu If the new fault has no existing digital points you must hit D on either the keyboard or Faults Menu 18 To assign an unnamed fault activate the fault name activate the unassigned fault line and then hit the A-key 19 To de-assign a named fault activate the fault line and then hit the S-key 20 Once the faults have been picked on this line you can begin

picking the faults on a grid of lines extending through the entire 3D data base The interpretations are usually made every few lines You can skip through the data base a constant number of lines each time To set the skip increment left click on View then Settings and then open the Seismic folder In the Seismic folder you can Set Line Skip Increment to 20 and then OK (Note a much easier way to do this is to type the number directly into the window that sets between a couple blue arrows at the top of your seismic display window

Now whenever the right arrow on the keyboard is hit the line displayed will increase by 20 If the left arrow is hit the display will decrease by 20 If a cross line is displayed the up and down arrow keys will work likewise

21 Go to line 130 and digitize the main down-to-the-south fault and antithetic fault

15

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 16: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

22 Once an assigned fault has been picked on at least two lines a fault surface is automatically created To view fault surfaces in map view go to the Project Tree and double click on the appropriate fault icon (Figure 9) This opens a new map window where the fault may be displayed as either a fault surface or segments

Figure 9 To display a fault surface double click the desired name listed in your project tree

Double Click

Map view of fault surface is shown below (Figure 10)

16

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 17: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Figure 10 The large down-to-the-south fault is displayed in map view Color-coded two-way travel times appear in the color bar at right At this point your interpretation consists of only one line At this point complete your fault interpretations Carry both the synthetic and antithetic faults through the entire 3D data cube Once yoursquove completed your fault interpretation you should have a more complete view of travel time variations to individual fault surfaces To toggle from planes to segments go to View Fault Display Mode and select either Fault Surface or Fault Segment The fault segment display is shown below in Figure 11 Figure 11 Fault segment display of the main down-to-the-south fault 23 Display features can also be accessed directly using the buttons (Figure 12) in the upper left corner of the map window (Figure 11)

17

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 18: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Note Fault Surface is selected in the window at right (see Figure 12 below)

Figure 12 Shortcut buttons available on the map display

window Buttons left to right allows the user to Select fault surface to display Select Contour Overlay Set Contour Parameters Set Scales Edit Colorbar Show Colorbar magnification control buttons and a selection window that allows you to switch back and forth from Fault Surface and Fault Window displays

In the fault segment display shown below for the antithetic fault

note that my picks for the fault on lines 110 and 120 appear out of place Take a close look at your own correlations at this point and try and resolve any misinterpretations that might have occurred

18

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 19: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

24 Display the fault surface in seismic view so that any miscorrelation can be quickly seen To do this go to a seismic window and right click go to Fault Surface Management and then Display In the Display window verify that Both is selected for Display Type (Figure 13) If ldquoBothrdquo is selected two lines are visible in seismic view the straight line connecting the digitized points and the interpolated fault surface

Figure 13 Fault Management window Select Both to display both the individual fault-trace picks and the interpolated line fit to these points (see step 24 above)

Make corrections to your interpretation if needed and proceed

19

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 20: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

25 Complete fault picking Be sure to extend your interpretations east to Line 145 Note that the solid green line that now appears on the seismic displays represents and interpolated or extrapolated fault surface (Figure 14) This projection is displayed as a guide only and does not represent the actual fault surface When complete return to line 90 and continue to the west To go to line 90 left click on Line and then Select or left click on the arrow button in the seismic display window which brings up the same window Type in 90 and be sure the line button is on and that the 3D survey is displayed Hit OK If you would like to view the faults in strike direction or on an arbitrary line right click on the desired cross line in the base map window and then display line

Figure 14 Interpolated fault surface shown as solid green line on seismic Line 105

20

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 21: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Again to display the fault surface make sure fault surface is selected in the text box to the right of the toolbar on the fault surface display The map of your antethetic fault should look similar to that shown below

26 To display line with an arbitrary orientation through the survey right click on a map window select Digitize Arbitrary Line left click on the starting point continue left clicking on each bend in the line (Figure 15) and then double click to end The digitized line will appear (Figure 16)

21

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 22: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Figure 15 An arbitrary line overlay is extracted from the 3D survey using the digitize arbitrary line option Remember that the solid green line is the interpolated antithetic fault surface and it may jump around quite a bit between lines where the fault surface was digitized Take a close look at your arbitrary line

22

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 23: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Figure 16 Arbitrary 2D line digitized in Figure 15 Note that along our arbitrary line some of the features showing up in the time map are associated with errors in the interpolation The high (blue color) and low (red color) area adjacent to each other on the southeast end of the arbitrary line are clearly associated with errors in the interpolation Note that the colors indicate that the fault drops abruptly south from 04 seconds to more than 2 seconds We made our initial interpretations on a course grid every 20 lines through the 3D database At this point take some additional time and make your interpretations every 10 lines then recheck your time map using the digitize arbitrary line option or by selecting appropriate In-Lines and Cross-Lines

23

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 24: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

At this point your fault surfaces will be correlated across the entire survey area The north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface for example will appear as shown below (Figure 17)

Figure 17 Color raster display of north-dipping (antithetic) fault surface 27 Continue picking faults in the western direction You can edit interpolated fault picks by first selecting the desired fault as the active fault in the Fault Management Window and then hitting the D key to digitize If you wish to correct a portion of the interpolated picks simply begin picking points through the desired region Double click to complete digitization Your picks will replace the interpolated picks Note If a fault has been extended too far you can delete a portion of the interpolated fault line by digitizing the extended portion and double clicking to replace the interpolated line with your picks Then click on the bad pick and drag the rubber band to the first good pick and double click All points beyond the last pick will be deleted

In the next segment we will carry the ldquo13rdquo second reflector through the 3D

data set

24

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 25: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 3 amp 4 - Horizon Interpretation and Correlation

Wilson (2008) 25

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 26: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

A footnote to last weeks exercise - Last week when you were digitizing your faults you might have noticed that you often ended up with a double line One of those lines is the straight-line fit of the fault surface through the fault surface points you digitized The other curvy line is a spline-fit of all the points - the 3D totality of points - you digitized along the fault surface In this exercise it will probably work best if we just turn off the spline fit surface To do this click Faults on the menu bar across the top and from the drop down menu click on Fault Management (see below) In the Fault Management window click on the second tab over - the Display tab

Fault Management window Set display type to Fault Lines

Double Vision

Under Display Type click on Fault Lines This displays the linear-fit surface through the digitized fault points Remedies to the oddly shaped spline-fit surface go beyond the scope of this workshop We should be able to do a fairly good job using the linear interpolation of fault points through the data cube

26

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 27: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Begin Here STEP - 28 Once you are satisfied with your fault interpretation you can begin picking horizons 29 As mentioned earlier we will be interpreting our Green 13 second reflector through the 3D data base The display below (Figure 18) Display line 80

Figure 18 The Green Horizon has been carried across Line 80

Part 2 Digitize and correlate the 13 second reflector through the 3D data set

30 Horizons are created in much the same way as faults Anywhere on the seismic line right click and select Horizon Management Select the Create tab and then enter Green for the horizon name and then select a color (Green) Hit OK The Green horizon is now active

31 Display the horizon in map view by double clicking on the icon next to the GREEN Horizon Since no picks have been made no horizon is visible

27

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 28: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

32 Horizon Picking Right click on a seismic line and select Picking Parameters Make sure that Stop at Displayed Fault Surface Intersections is enabled This feature when enabled works with the Autopick-2D Hunt mode Picking will stop either whenever data goes away or the horizon encounters a fault surface

33 Display the Horizon Toolbar by left clicking on View Toolbars and Horizon bar Note that the active horizon is highlighted in the toolbar Hot keys are available M = manual picking F = Fill mode H = 2d Hunt E = Erase P = Peak and T = Trough Hot keys are not available for zero crossings 34 Note the shape of the cursor and the status bar The cursor is now represented by a + with an E M F or H next to it Change the picking mode to either F or H and change the phase to peak Pick the event as far as you can Jump the fault if desired Note that the map display is updated immediately after picking

28

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 29: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

35 Once the horizon has been picked across the inlines do the crosslines Place the cursor on any cross line within any inline seismic display then right click and display the crossline at that point A small tick mark is visible where the two lines intersect The tick mark color will be the same as that of the horizon you are picking You may also see a vertical red line This red line is a line overlay and can be disabled by left clicking on View and selecting Line Overlays A check mark indicates on If you chose the 2D Hunt mode left click once on the tick mark and the entire horizon between fault segments is completed Increment through your data using the arrow keys and continue picking this horizon Remember that the skip increment that occurs with each touch of the arrow key can be adjusted using the Line Seismic Line Skip Increment selections Then set the increment to the number of lines desired (5 for example) Now is also a good time to check for the consistency of your picks as you make your way through the crosslines You should end up with picked grid of lines for the GREEN horizon (Figure 19)

29

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 30: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

F

Figure 19 Horizon picks are shown on the grid of inlines and crosslines Travel times are color coded Fault intersections (Main in Red and Antithetic in Green) are correlated through the area

36 Draw fault polygons around the fault gaps by right clicking on the map and then click on Edit Fault Polygon and then Enable Editing Then right click the map once again click on Edit Fault Polygon and then select Digitize The following window will appear Juct click OK and accept the new polygon set

That finishes todayrsquos lab We will come back next week and begin picking the fault polygons and complete the horizon interpretation

30

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 31: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

You may find it useful to zoom in on the faults to observe the gaps as shown in Figure 20 Begin left clicking a series of points which define the fault gaps Double click on the final point The fault polygon is drawn to outline the gap (Figure 20) Figure 20 Fault gaps in horizon GREEN appear in a close-up view of the basemap

It may help to zoom in and draw polygons around visible segments in a close-up view Use the slide bars to reposition your viewing area farther along the fault Continue digitizing the polygon When the rubber band is returned to the adjoining point on the opposing side of the fault double click on that point One continuous polygon will appear Your fault polygons will look similar to those shown in Figure 21 below

31

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 32: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

After double clicking to tie off the end of the fault polygon your display will look similar to that shown below

The black area represents the fault gap

Figure 21 Close-up view of fault polygons drawn around the fault gaps

32

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 33: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Alternatively use Auto Create Fault Polygons This option is useful whenever the fault surface is easily picked and smooth Go to the menu bar and select Faults Auto Create Fault Polygons You can display fault polygons in several ways outline only solid fill or solid fill with an outline To change the display right click on the map select Fault Management then select the Fault Polygons tab Make your selection and hit OK

37 With this grid the horizon is now ready for the autopicker

38 Left click on Horizons on the Command line and select Polygon Hunt Using the left mouse button draw a polygon around one of the fault blocks Double click to end Autopicking begins immediately after double clicking Continue this process using a series of polygons Not recommended is one giant polygon Instead create a series of smaller polygons Note that you can bring up a seismic line and go to regions of the data where the Polygon Hunt operations are having trouble You can manually interpret the data in these regions directly on the seismic lines When you do this the active seismic line will show up as a red line If you want to bring up a line nearby you need only left click on the red line overlay and drag it to the location where you need an interpretation

33

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 34: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Your completed horizon interpretation will look something like the one shown below (Figure 22) Figure 22 Two-way travel time map to top of the GREEN reflector generated from interpretation and automatic computer tracking between picks 39 If you dont like how 3D Hunt worked in particular area left click on Horizons and select Polygon 3D Erase Draw a polygon around the area of interest similar to 3D Hunt You will he given the option to erase hunted picks seed picks or both hunted and seed picks Select hunted picks only Hit Yes and the polygonal area is wiped clean with only the seed picks remaining Repick a tighter grid if necessary and rerun 3D Hunt

34

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 35: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

40 Once the map is completed display the amplitudes Go to the Project Tree and left click on the + sign next to the GREEN horizon line This opens the horizon showing you the additional surfaces available (Figure 23) Drag the amplitudes from the Project Tree to the map window

Figure 23 View of Project Tree window Clicking the + sign at left on an individual horizon opens a drop down list of other data available for that horizon In this case displays of amplitude and time are listed

Dragging the amplitudes from the Project Tree list to the base map will cause reflection event amplitude to be displayed Horizon travel times are shown in Figure 22 Horizon amplitudes are shown below (Figure 24)

35

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 36: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Figure 24 Horizon amplitudes for GREEN Seed 41 Generate a time-structure contour map by selecting Map and Select Contour Overlay Select the horizon and data type (Time) (Figure 25) Click on OK Figure 25 Contour overlay horizon selection menu Note the Parameters button

36

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 37: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

After you click OK the Contour Parameters will automatically appear You can also change the contour parameters by clicking on the Set Contour Parameters Icon to see what the effect is You can check the effect of various parameter selections by leaving the contour parameters window active and selecting Apply Your result may appear similar to that shown below (Figure 26) Figure 26 Contour Overlay on GREEN

37

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 38: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Background on Kingdom Suite for the Imperial Barrel Competition

3D HorizonFault Interpretation Parts 5 amp 6 - Contouring ampConverting from Time to Depth

Wilson (2008) 38

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 39: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

After finishing the contouring exercise go to Project ndash Select Author and change the author to jwillis Then in the Project Tree double click the Channel_SM horizon Yourrsquore window should look something like that shown below

The unassigned fault should be turned on

42 Creation of a depth map is a two-stage effort that begins with construction of an average velocity map To create a velocity map select Tools from the main Menu Bar and then Depth Conversion from the drop down list Under Depth

39

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 40: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Conversion there are several selections Click on Compute Average Velocity Map For Type select Horizon The program computes the average velocity at each well using one of three options (Apparent Time Grid or Formation Top) (Figure 27)

40

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 41: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Figure 27 Method used to compute the Average Velocity Map of a selected horizon is selected in this menu

The Apparent method used to construct the average velocity map uses the horizon time and formation top depth You must provide a velocity map name (Figure 27) Gridding parameters can be tailored to individual needs (Figure 28) Time and depth pairs are then combined to form an average velocity grid

Figure 28 Gridding parameters selections menu

41

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 42: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

1) Average velocity in this (Apparent) approach is computed by dividing formation top depth by half the horizon time Whether you Extrapolate (Figures 27 and 29) or not (Figure 30) will yield two different results Extrapolation will project the resulting velocity grid outside the area of well control

Figure 29 Velocity map formed by extrapolation Figure 30 Velocity grid of C38 horizon without extrapolation Velocities were derived using the Apparent method

42

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 43: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

If your fault polygons donrsquot show up you can go into the fault polygon management window and select the fault polygon and then the grid to apply it to

2) The Time Surface method of deriving the velocity map uses the horizon time picks converts them to depth using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid (select Time Surface and Grid This velocity map (Figure 31) is considerably different from that obtained using the apparent method

Figure 31 Velocity grid from Time Gridding (no extrapolation)

43

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 44: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Figure 32 Velocity grid from time surface gridding with extrapolation Comparison of Figures 29 and 32 reveal notable but minor differences in this example 1) The Formation Top method of deriving a velocity map

starts with the formation top depth converts it to time using the well timedepth function and then generates a velocity grid If the horizon and formation top do not tie three different velocities can be generated Use the default grid parameters as a first pass for each velocity map Depths obtained from this approach (Figure 33 and 34) reveal subtle differences

44

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 45: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Again recall procedures for overlaying the fault polygons (see below)

45

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 46: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Figure 33 Velocity grid obtained from Formation Top method with extrapolation to the borders of the survey

Figure 34 Formation Top conversion without extrapolation yields this velocity grid

46

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 47: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Once the velocity map has been generated you are ready to convert times to depth From the top menu bar click on Tools then Depth Conversion then Depth Map by Average Velocity Map as shown below This will open up the menu shown below (Figure 35)

Figure 35 Depth Map by Average Velocity Map menu

47

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 48: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Supply the appropriate information in the above menu (Figure 35) and then click OK The Grid Parameters window (not shown) will then appear Parameters can be tailored to your specific project Click OK to generate the Depth Map (Figure 36)

Figure 36 Depth map derived from the Formation Top velocity map

48

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 49: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Below is another depth map derived using the Apparent method

Figure 37 Depth map derived from apparent velocity computations

Figure 38 Depth map using B46 time picks and apparent velocities

49

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 50: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Edge effects may be noticeable on your depth map These areas can easily be removed using the Grids Polygon Erase utility Polygon erase will provide you with a rubber band that you can use to define an enclosed region to delete The operation is identical to that used to digitize fault polygons Digitize the points around the region you wish to delete and double click to complete the operation 44 Contour the depth map and display the amplitudes under the contours Remember that you can contour your maps using the Map Select Contour Overlay options (see icons below)

Contour parameters window is shown below

50

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 51: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Figure 39 Depths obtained from apparent velocity-gridding (Figure 38) have been contoured for the B46 horizon

Once the Channel_SM depth structure has been estimated one can follow the reflection amplitudes along the horizon by dragging the amplitude horizon from the project menu onto the map (see drop down attributes in figure below)

51

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 52: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Note some association of amplitude anomalies with the faults in this example

Figure 40 Reflection event amplitudes combined with a depth contour overlay for the Channel_SM horizon

However note distinct features unassociated with the structure In particular note the narrow bright red zone that cuts across the structural high and bends northeast ndash out along the fault

Wersquoll talk about this feature more in class The outgrowths of these point to some additional information about subsurface stratigraphy that can also be observed in our seismic data set

52

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 53: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

As wersquove progressed through this exercise consider how your interpretation has changed given the data you used for interpretation We initially developed a structural interpretation of the area based on times read from a limited set of 2D lines We identified potential prospects but realized that we lacked any evidence of closure along strike to the northeast The 3D interpretation undertaken with Kingdom Suite gave us a much more detailed view of the structure and a more solid basis for evaluating the existence of a structural trapping mechanism in the area We still lacked the information we needed to convince the exploration managers that this would be a good prospect The real key to success may come in the form of conversion to depth We see that our view of the world changes considerably These are subtle structures and the influence of velocity variation over the field in this case has altered our view of where exploratory drilling might be successfully undertaken in this area Velocity information is critical If our velocities are inaccurate that will translate into inaccurate depth conversion The method used often depends on the data available

An interpreted sand channel runs across a structural low between faults

53

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)
Page 54: Imperial Barrel Kingdom Exercises

Apparent velocity map This concludes the computer workshop segment of the course For the remainder of the semester your should concentrate on the preparation of your term report Remember these term report presentations will be due for presentation during the last week of class

54

  • When you open a project under Kingdom the basic windows layout will contain a 3D basemap (right) and project tree (left) (Figure 2)